1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1813 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1828 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1833 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1834 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1848 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1851 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1863 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1864 input_section
->output_section
);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1873 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1877 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1878 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1896 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1904 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1905 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1906 input_section
->output_section
);
1907 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1909 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1914 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1915 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1946 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1950 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1970 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1972 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1986 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2005 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2007 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2136 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2147 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2154 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2162 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2194 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2200 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2209 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2269 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2278 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2286 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2303 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2310 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2312 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2313 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2317 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2326 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2331 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2334 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2339 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2340 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2344 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2345 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2354 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2364 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2366 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2367 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2369 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2382 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2384 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2386 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2388 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2396 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2410 asection
*input_section
;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2429 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2430 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2433 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2435 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2438 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2444 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2445 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2448 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2449 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2460 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2461 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2463 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2468 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2472 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2481 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2482 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2485 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2492 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2499 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2501 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2509 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2510 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2511 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2513 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2520 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2522 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2525 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2530 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2540 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2541 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2548 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2550 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2561 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2569 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2571 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2572 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2582 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2585 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2593 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2598 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2603 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2615 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2616 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2645 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2646 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2647 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2648 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2662 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2666 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2667 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2692 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2693 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2695 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2696 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2697 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2698 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2720 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2721 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2722 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2723 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2745 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2746 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2747 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2748 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2749 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2750 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2751 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2752 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2753 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2754 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2755 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2791 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2795 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2797 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2822 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2824 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2850 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2852 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2854 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2856 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2857 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2859 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2860 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2862 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2863 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2865 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2866 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2874 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2877 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2878 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2880 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2884 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2892 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2913 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2915 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2923 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2925 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2926 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2927 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2931 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2933 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2935 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2936 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2937 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2938 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2939 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2940 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2944 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2946 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2947 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2948 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2951 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2955 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2956 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2959 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2961 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2964 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2966 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2967 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2969 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2970 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2971 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2973 + sec
->output_offset
2974 + output_section
->vma
);
2976 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2980 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2982 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2983 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2985 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2988 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2989 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2990 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2991 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2993 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2996 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2997 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2999 + sec
->output_offset
3000 + output_section
->vma
);
3002 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3007 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3008 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3011 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3018 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3021 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3023 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3024 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3026 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3029 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3031 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3034 static INLINE hashval_t
3035 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3038 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3045 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3047 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3049 return (entry
->symndx
3050 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3051 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3052 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3053 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3054 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3055 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3059 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3061 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3062 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3064 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3065 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3066 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3067 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3068 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3069 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3070 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3074 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3076 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3078 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3079 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3080 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3081 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3082 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3086 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3088 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3090 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3091 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3092 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3093 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3094 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3095 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3096 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3100 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3102 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3104 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3105 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3109 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3111 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3113 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3114 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3115 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3118 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3120 static struct mips_got_info
*
3121 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3123 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3125 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3129 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3130 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3131 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3134 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3135 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3136 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3142 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3143 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3145 static struct mips_got_info
*
3146 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3148 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3150 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3153 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3154 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3155 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3159 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3162 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3164 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3167 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3170 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3171 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3172 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3173 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3174 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3175 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3180 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3181 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3182 if creation fails. */
3185 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3191 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3192 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3193 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3194 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3196 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3201 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3211 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3214 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3216 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3222 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3225 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3228 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3231 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3248 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3249 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3253 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3257 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3258 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3260 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3261 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3264 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3266 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3267 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3276 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3282 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3289 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3293 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3294 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3295 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3297 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3299 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3300 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3302 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3304 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3305 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3307 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3310 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3313 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3315 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3322 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3324 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3325 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3327 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3329 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3336 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3338 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3341 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3344 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3345 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3351 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3352 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3353 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3355 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3359 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3364 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3366 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3368 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3369 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3370 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3373 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3376 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3378 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3379 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3382 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3383 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3384 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3385 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3386 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3388 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3389 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3390 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3392 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3395 /* General Dynamic. */
3396 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3406 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3407 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3408 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3409 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3412 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3417 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3419 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3424 /* Initial Exec model. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3432 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3434 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3435 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3436 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3437 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3441 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3445 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3446 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3447 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3448 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3449 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3452 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3453 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3455 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3456 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3457 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3458 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3465 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3468 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3469 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3470 will be negative. */
3473 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3476 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3479 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3483 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3485 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3486 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3488 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3489 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3491 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3492 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3493 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3494 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3496 return got_address
- got_value
;
3499 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3500 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3501 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3502 offset can be found. */
3505 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3506 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3510 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3512 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3515 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3516 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3520 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3521 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3522 return entry
->gotidx
;
3525 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3528 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3532 long global_got_dynindx
;
3533 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3536 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3537 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3539 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3540 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3541 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3543 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3544 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3545 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3548 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3549 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3550 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3551 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3556 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3557 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3560 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3564 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3565 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3568 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3569 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3571 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3574 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3575 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3576 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3580 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3581 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3584 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3585 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3587 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3589 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3591 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3592 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3593 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3594 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3595 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3596 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3598 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3603 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3604 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3605 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3606 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3607 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3610 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3611 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3613 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3614 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3616 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3617 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3618 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3623 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3626 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3631 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3632 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3633 symbol that binds locally. */
3636 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3639 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3641 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3642 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3643 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3644 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3646 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3648 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3649 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3650 same in all cases. */
3651 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3652 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3654 return entry
->gotidx
;
3659 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3663 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3664 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3670 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3673 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3674 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3675 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3677 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3680 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3681 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3682 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3685 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3686 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3687 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3688 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3692 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3694 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3698 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3701 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3704 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3708 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3710 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3712 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3713 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3716 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3719 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3723 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3724 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3732 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3735 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3736 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3743 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3744 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3748 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3752 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3754 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3756 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3761 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3765 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3766 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3767 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3768 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3769 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3771 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3778 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3779 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3781 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3784 bfd_vma got_address
;
3786 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3787 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3788 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3791 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3792 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3793 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3794 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3801 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3802 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3803 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3804 the current linking stage. */
3806 static bfd_size_type
3807 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3809 bfd_size_type count
;
3812 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3813 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3818 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3819 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3820 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3821 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3822 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3828 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3829 appear towards the end. */
3832 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3835 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3836 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3841 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3849 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3850 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3851 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3852 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3853 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3854 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3855 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3856 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3858 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3859 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3860 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3861 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3862 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3865 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3866 table index in the GOT. */
3867 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3872 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3873 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3879 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3881 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3883 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3886 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3889 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3890 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3892 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3896 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3897 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3900 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3901 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3902 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3903 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3910 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3911 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3912 hash table directly). */
3915 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3916 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3919 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3920 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3921 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3923 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3926 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3930 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3931 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3934 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3938 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3939 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3944 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3945 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3949 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3958 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3959 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3960 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3963 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3964 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3965 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3969 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3970 unsigned char tls_type
;
3972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3975 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3977 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3979 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3981 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3983 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3987 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3990 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3994 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3995 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3996 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4000 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4001 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4002 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4005 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4006 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4009 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4010 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4013 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4014 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4016 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4017 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4020 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4023 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4024 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4025 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4026 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4029 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4030 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4034 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4035 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4036 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4039 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4040 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4041 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4043 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4044 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4046 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4052 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4056 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4057 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4059 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4060 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4064 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4067 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4075 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4076 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4080 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4090 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4093 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4099 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4100 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4102 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4103 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4105 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4106 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* Make room for a null element. */
4112 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4115 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4119 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4120 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4121 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4122 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4125 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4127 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4128 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4130 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4131 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4137 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4138 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4144 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4148 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4149 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4150 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4151 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4154 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4156 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4157 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4160 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4161 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4162 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4163 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4164 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4165 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4174 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4175 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4177 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4178 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4181 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4189 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4191 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4200 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4205 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4208 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4210 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4213 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4216 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4217 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4219 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4220 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4221 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4222 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4225 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4227 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4231 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4232 seen the section. */
4233 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4236 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4244 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4246 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4247 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4248 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4250 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4251 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4252 a new singleton range. */
4254 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4256 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4260 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4261 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4262 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4270 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4271 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4273 /* Update the ranges. */
4274 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4275 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4276 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4278 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4280 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4281 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4282 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4285 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4288 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4289 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4290 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4292 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4293 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4299 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4300 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4301 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4302 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4305 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4307 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4308 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4313 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4314 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4315 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4317 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4321 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4323 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4326 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4328 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4329 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4330 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4333 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4334 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4340 /* Read in the symbol. */
4341 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4349 /* Get the associated input section. */
4350 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4357 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4358 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4359 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4360 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4361 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4365 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4366 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4367 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4368 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4370 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4371 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4374 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4376 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4384 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4385 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4386 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4387 that they require. */
4390 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4391 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4393 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4394 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4401 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4405 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4406 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4407 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4408 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4411 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4415 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4418 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4419 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4420 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4425 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4430 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4434 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4435 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4437 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4438 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4439 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4440 symbols later if appropriate. */
4441 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4444 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4445 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4446 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4447 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4448 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4451 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4452 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4453 the local rather than global GOT. */
4454 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4460 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4461 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4462 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4463 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4464 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4467 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4469 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4470 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4471 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4473 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4474 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4476 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4478 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4479 local or global GOT. */
4480 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4481 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4482 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4483 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4484 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4485 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4486 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4487 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4488 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4489 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4490 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4491 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4492 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4494 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4501 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4502 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4505 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4507 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4508 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4511 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4512 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4513 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4522 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4527 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4528 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4531 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4533 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4534 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4537 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4538 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4539 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4548 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4553 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4554 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4555 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4556 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4560 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4561 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4562 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4564 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4565 unsigned int estimate
;
4567 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4568 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4569 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4570 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4572 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4574 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4577 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4578 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4579 conservatively as well. */
4580 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4581 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4583 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4585 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4586 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4589 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4590 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4592 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4596 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4600 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4604 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4605 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4606 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4607 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4608 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4609 and then make make the new got current. */
4612 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4613 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4615 unsigned int estimate
;
4618 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4621 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4622 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4623 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4624 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4625 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4627 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4628 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4629 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4630 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4631 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4633 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4635 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4636 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4643 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4649 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4652 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4657 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4658 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4659 overflows anyway. */
4660 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4666 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4667 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4668 an index in a different GOT. */
4671 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4673 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4675 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4676 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4678 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4680 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4684 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4685 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4688 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4692 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4693 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4694 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4697 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4699 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4700 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4702 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4703 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4704 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4707 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4708 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4714 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4715 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4719 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4720 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4721 symbol to DATA->value. */
4724 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4726 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4727 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4730 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4731 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4732 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4733 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4734 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4738 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4739 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4740 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4741 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4744 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4746 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4747 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4749 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4750 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4751 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4752 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4753 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4755 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4760 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4762 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4763 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4764 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4765 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4766 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4772 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4773 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4774 lazy-binding stubs. */
4777 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4779 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4781 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4783 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4784 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4786 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4788 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4789 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4790 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4792 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4793 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4799 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4802 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4807 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4811 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4815 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4819 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4820 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4823 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4824 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4827 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4828 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4829 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4830 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4833 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4834 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4835 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4839 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4843 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4844 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4845 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4846 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4847 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4848 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4850 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4852 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4853 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4854 to be the primary GOT. */
4855 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4857 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4858 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4862 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4863 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4864 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4866 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4867 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4869 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4873 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4874 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4875 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4876 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4878 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4880 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4881 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4882 those that are actually referenced. */
4883 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4884 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4887 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4888 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4889 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4890 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4892 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4893 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4894 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4895 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4896 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4897 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4898 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4899 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4900 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4901 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4902 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4903 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4904 points back to the master GOT. */
4905 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4906 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4913 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4915 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4916 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4917 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4918 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4919 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4920 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4922 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4923 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4924 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4929 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4930 all non-TLS entries. */
4931 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4933 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4934 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4937 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4939 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4942 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4943 lazy-binding stubs. */
4945 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4949 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4952 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4954 unsigned int save_assign
;
4956 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4957 relocations they need. */
4958 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4961 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4963 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4966 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4967 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4969 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4971 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4973 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4974 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4975 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4977 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4979 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4982 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4989 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4990 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4992 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4993 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4994 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4995 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4997 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4999 while (relocation
< relend
)
5001 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5002 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5008 /* We didn't find it. */
5012 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5015 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5016 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5017 asection
**local_sections
)
5019 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5023 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5024 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5025 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5027 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5029 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5035 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5038 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5040 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5041 /* VALUE is negative. */
5042 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5047 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5048 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5052 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5054 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5056 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5057 /* The value is too big. */
5059 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5060 /* The value is too small. */
5067 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5070 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5072 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5075 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5078 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5081 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5088 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5091 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5094 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5101 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5104 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5105 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5108 register asection
*s
;
5110 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5112 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5115 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5117 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5118 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5121 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5127 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5130 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5133 register asection
*s
;
5134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5135 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5138 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5139 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5141 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5142 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5145 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5146 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5148 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5149 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5150 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5152 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5154 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5156 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5157 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5158 are not creating a global offset table. */
5160 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5161 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5162 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5165 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5168 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5169 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5170 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5172 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5173 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5176 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5177 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5178 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5180 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5181 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5182 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5185 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5188 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5193 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5194 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5195 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5198 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5200 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5201 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5202 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5203 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5206 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5207 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5208 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5212 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5213 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5215 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5216 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5217 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5218 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5219 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5220 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5227 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5228 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5231 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5232 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5233 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5237 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5244 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5245 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5246 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5248 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5249 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5250 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5252 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5253 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5254 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5255 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5257 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5258 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5259 asection
*input_section
,
5260 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5261 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5262 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5264 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5266 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5267 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5269 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5271 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5274 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5275 shared object file being produced. */
5277 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5280 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5282 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5283 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5284 during execution. */
5285 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5286 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5288 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5292 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5295 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5296 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5297 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5298 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5299 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5300 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5303 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5305 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5306 relocation value. */
5307 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5308 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5309 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5310 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5313 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5315 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5316 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5317 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5319 /* Parse the relocation. */
5320 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5321 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5322 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5323 + input_section
->output_offset
5324 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5326 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5327 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5329 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5330 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5331 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5332 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5334 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5335 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5336 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5339 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5340 must come before globals. */
5344 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5347 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5350 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5351 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5353 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5355 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5356 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5357 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5358 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5360 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5362 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5365 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5366 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5369 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5370 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5371 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5373 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5374 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5376 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5377 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5378 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5380 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5381 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5383 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5384 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5385 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5387 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5388 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5390 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5393 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5394 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5399 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5401 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5402 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5403 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5404 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5405 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5406 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5407 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5409 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5410 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5412 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5413 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5414 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5415 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5417 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5418 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5419 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5420 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5424 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5425 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5426 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5427 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5430 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5431 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5432 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5434 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5435 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5436 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5438 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5439 if (sec
->output_section
)
5440 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5441 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5442 + sec
->output_offset
);
5444 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5446 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5447 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5448 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5449 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5452 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5453 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5455 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5456 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5458 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5459 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5460 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5461 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5462 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5464 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5465 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5468 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5470 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5471 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5472 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5473 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5474 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5475 which is available from here:
5476 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5481 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5482 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5483 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5484 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5485 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5486 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5489 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5490 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5493 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5494 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5496 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5498 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5499 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5501 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5502 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5503 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5505 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5506 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5508 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5509 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5510 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5512 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5513 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5517 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5522 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5525 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5526 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5527 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5528 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5537 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5538 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5539 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5541 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5542 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5543 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5544 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5545 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5546 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5548 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5549 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5550 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5553 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5556 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5557 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5559 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5564 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5566 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5568 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5575 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5578 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5581 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5582 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5584 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5586 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5587 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5588 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5590 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5591 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5592 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5593 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5596 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5597 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5598 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5599 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5601 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5602 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5603 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5606 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5607 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5609 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5611 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5612 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5613 + sec
->output_offset
5614 + htab
->plt_header_size
5615 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5616 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5619 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5620 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5623 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5624 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5625 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5628 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5629 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5632 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5633 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5634 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5635 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5636 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5638 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5639 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5640 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5641 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5642 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5643 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5644 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5645 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5646 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5647 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5649 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5651 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5652 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5654 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5659 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5660 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5661 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5662 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5664 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5665 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5669 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5670 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
,
5673 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5674 to need it, get it now. */
5677 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5678 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5681 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5682 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5683 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5684 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5685 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5694 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5695 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5696 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5697 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5698 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5699 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5701 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5702 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5703 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5705 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5706 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5708 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5712 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5713 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5714 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5715 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5716 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5717 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5719 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5720 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5721 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5725 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5726 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5728 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5729 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5730 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5731 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5734 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5735 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5736 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5740 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5741 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5743 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5746 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5747 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5751 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5752 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5753 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5755 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5759 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5760 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5762 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5763 + input_section
->output_offset
5764 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5765 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5766 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5767 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5769 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5770 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5772 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5773 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5776 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5779 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5783 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5786 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5787 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5788 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5789 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5795 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5796 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5798 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5799 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5800 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5801 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5803 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5804 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5805 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5806 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5808 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5809 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5810 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5811 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5812 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5813 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5815 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5823 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5827 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5828 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5832 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5836 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5837 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5841 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5842 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5843 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5844 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5845 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5847 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5851 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5852 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5854 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5855 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5860 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5861 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5863 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5864 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5865 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5866 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5867 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5870 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5871 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5872 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5876 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5877 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5879 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5883 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5887 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5888 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5891 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5894 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5898 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5899 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5900 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5901 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5903 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5908 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5911 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5912 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5916 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5917 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5918 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5922 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5923 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5924 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5925 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5926 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5927 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5928 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5929 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5930 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5931 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5932 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5934 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5941 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5943 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5946 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5947 for this conditional. */
5948 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5949 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5950 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5951 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5952 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5954 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5955 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5956 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5957 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5958 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5961 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5962 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5965 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5966 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5967 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5968 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5969 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5970 not check for overflow here. */
5974 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5975 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5976 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5977 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5978 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5983 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5984 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5985 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5986 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5987 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5988 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5989 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5990 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5991 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5992 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5993 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5994 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5995 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5996 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5997 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5998 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5999 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6000 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6004 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6005 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6008 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6009 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6012 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6013 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6014 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6015 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6016 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6018 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6019 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6020 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6021 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6023 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6024 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6031 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6032 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6033 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6034 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6035 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6036 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6037 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6038 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6039 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6040 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6042 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6045 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6046 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6048 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6052 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6053 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6054 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6056 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6057 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6058 will never trigger for them. */
6059 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6060 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6061 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6062 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6064 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6065 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6066 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6067 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6068 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6071 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6072 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6073 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6075 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6076 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6077 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6078 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6079 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6081 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6082 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6083 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6084 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6085 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6088 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6089 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6090 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6092 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6093 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6095 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6096 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6097 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6098 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6099 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6102 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6103 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6104 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6106 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6107 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6109 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6110 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6111 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6112 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6113 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6116 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6117 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6118 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6120 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6121 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6123 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6124 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6125 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6126 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6127 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6130 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6131 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6132 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6134 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6135 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6137 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6138 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6139 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6140 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6141 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6145 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6146 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6147 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6148 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6152 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6153 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6154 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6155 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6158 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6159 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6160 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6162 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6163 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6164 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6165 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6166 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6168 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6169 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6170 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6171 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6172 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6175 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6176 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6177 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6179 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6180 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6181 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6182 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6183 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6185 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6186 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6187 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6188 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6189 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6193 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6194 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6196 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6197 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6198 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6199 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6200 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6202 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6203 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6204 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6205 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6206 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6209 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6210 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6211 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6212 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6213 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6214 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6215 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6216 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6219 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6220 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6221 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6222 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6223 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6224 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6225 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6227 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6228 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6231 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6232 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6233 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6234 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6235 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6238 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6239 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6240 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6241 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6242 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6243 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6244 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6247 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6248 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6250 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6253 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6257 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6258 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6259 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6263 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6264 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6265 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6268 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6269 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6270 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6271 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6274 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6275 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6276 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6277 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6281 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6282 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6283 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6284 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6285 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6286 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6287 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6288 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6289 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6290 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6291 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6292 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6293 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6297 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6298 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6299 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6300 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6303 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6304 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6307 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6309 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6312 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6315 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6316 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6317 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6320 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6321 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6323 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6325 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6330 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6331 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6332 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6334 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6335 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6337 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6340 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6341 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6342 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6343 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6344 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6345 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6349 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6352 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6353 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6355 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6357 /* Obtain the current value. */
6358 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6360 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6361 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6363 /* Set the field. */
6364 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6366 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6367 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6369 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6371 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6372 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6375 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6376 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6377 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6381 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6384 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6385 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6387 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6388 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6390 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6393 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6395 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6400 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6404 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6405 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6408 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6409 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6410 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6411 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6415 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6416 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6418 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6420 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6421 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6422 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6423 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6427 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6429 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6434 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6436 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6442 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6444 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6445 + input_section
->output_offset
6446 + relocation
->r_offset
6449 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6451 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6453 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6454 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6455 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6456 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6460 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6461 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6463 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6465 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6466 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6467 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6472 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6474 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6475 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6476 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6477 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6478 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6479 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6480 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6481 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6482 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6483 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6484 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6490 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6491 + input_section
->output_offset
6492 + relocation
->r_offset
6494 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6495 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6499 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6501 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6502 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6504 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6508 /* Put the value into the output. */
6509 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6511 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6513 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6519 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6520 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6521 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6522 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6525 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6526 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6527 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6529 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6530 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6532 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6537 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6538 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6540 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6541 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6543 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6544 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6545 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6546 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6547 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6548 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6551 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6552 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6553 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6555 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6556 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6557 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6558 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6561 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6562 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6565 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6567 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6568 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6569 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6574 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6575 in the relocation. */
6576 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6578 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6579 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6580 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6581 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6583 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6584 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6585 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6586 undefined symbols. */
6591 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6593 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6600 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6603 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6604 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6610 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6611 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6612 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6613 local symbols because we used to generate them
6614 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6615 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6616 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6617 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6618 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6619 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6621 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6622 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6623 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6624 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6625 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6630 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6631 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6632 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6633 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6634 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6637 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6638 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6639 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6641 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6642 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6643 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6646 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6647 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6648 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6649 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6650 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6651 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6652 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6653 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6654 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6655 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6656 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6657 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6658 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6659 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6662 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6664 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6665 correct location in the output file. */
6666 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6667 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6668 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6669 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6670 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6671 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6673 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6674 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6675 relocation format is non-standard. */
6676 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6678 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6679 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6681 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6683 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6685 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6686 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6687 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6688 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6690 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6693 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6694 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6695 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6697 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6698 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6700 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6701 will be writing to it. */
6702 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6705 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6706 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6708 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6713 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6715 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6716 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6717 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6718 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6719 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6720 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6722 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6723 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6724 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6726 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6727 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6728 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6729 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6730 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6731 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6732 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6736 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6737 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6739 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6740 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6745 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6748 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6750 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6752 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6753 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6755 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6756 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6758 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6759 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6761 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6762 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6764 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6765 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6767 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6768 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6770 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6771 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6773 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6774 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6776 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6777 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6779 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6780 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6782 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6783 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6785 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6786 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6788 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6789 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6791 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6792 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6794 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6795 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6797 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6798 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6800 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6801 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6803 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6804 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6806 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6807 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6810 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6814 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6817 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6820 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6823 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6826 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6828 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6829 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6831 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6832 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6834 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6835 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6837 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6838 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6840 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6841 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6843 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6844 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6851 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6853 static INLINE
char *
6854 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6858 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6859 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6862 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6864 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6868 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6870 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6872 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6874 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6877 return "unknown abi";
6881 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6882 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6883 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6884 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6885 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6886 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6887 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6888 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6890 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6891 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6892 definition in a shared library. */
6893 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6894 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6895 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6897 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6900 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6902 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6904 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6905 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6906 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6908 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6909 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6910 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6911 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6912 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6913 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6914 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6916 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6917 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6918 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6919 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6920 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6921 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6922 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6923 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6924 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6925 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6927 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6931 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6932 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6933 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6934 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6935 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6938 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6939 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6941 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6942 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6943 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6944 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6945 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6946 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6947 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6948 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6949 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6950 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6952 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6953 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6956 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6957 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6962 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6964 if (section
!= NULL
)
6966 asym
->section
= section
;
6967 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6968 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
6969 base address to make it an offset. */
6970 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6977 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6979 if (section
!= NULL
)
6981 asym
->section
= section
;
6982 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6983 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
6984 base address to make it an offset. */
6985 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6991 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6992 or microMIPS one. */
6993 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6994 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6997 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6998 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6999 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7001 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7002 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7006 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7007 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7009 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7010 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7011 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7012 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7013 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7015 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7016 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7017 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7018 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7020 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7021 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7022 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7023 We therefore take the following approach:
7025 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7026 determine the pointer size.
7028 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7029 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7033 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7034 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7035 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7036 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7037 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7039 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7040 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7044 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7046 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7048 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7050 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7052 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7053 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7054 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7061 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7062 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7063 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7072 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7073 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7074 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7076 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7077 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7080 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7081 will jump there rather than to .text.
7083 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7084 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7087 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7089 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7092 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7093 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7094 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7098 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7100 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7101 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7105 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7107 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7110 (_("%pB: Incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7111 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7112 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7113 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7119 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7122 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7123 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7127 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7128 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7129 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7130 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7132 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7134 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7135 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7136 so that we don't have to read them again.
7137 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7138 through the section contents to see if there is an
7139 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7141 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7143 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7144 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7146 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7148 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7150 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7153 /* xgettext:c-format */
7154 (_("%pB: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7156 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7159 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7166 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7167 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7170 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7171 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7174 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7181 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7182 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7185 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7186 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7193 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7195 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7197 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7198 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7199 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7200 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7201 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7202 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7203 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7204 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7205 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7206 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7207 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7208 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7209 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7210 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7212 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7214 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7216 unsigned int adjust
;
7218 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7220 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7228 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7229 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7230 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7232 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7236 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7237 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7243 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7244 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7245 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7246 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7247 probably get away with this. */
7248 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7250 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7251 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7255 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7258 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7259 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7262 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7263 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7266 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7267 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7270 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7271 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7273 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7275 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7276 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7277 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7279 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7281 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7282 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7285 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7286 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7289 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7290 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7293 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7294 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7296 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7298 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7299 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7300 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7303 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7304 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7307 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7308 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7309 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7316 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7321 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7322 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7328 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7330 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7332 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7333 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7335 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7336 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7337 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7339 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7342 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7344 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7345 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7346 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7347 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7348 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7350 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7353 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7354 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7356 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7357 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7360 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7361 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7362 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7363 they should agree. */
7364 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7366 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7368 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7369 if (contents
== NULL
)
7371 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7378 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7379 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7381 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7383 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7385 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7388 /* xgettext:c-format */
7389 (_("%pB: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7391 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7394 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7396 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7400 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7401 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7403 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7405 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7407 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7409 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7411 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7412 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7414 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7424 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7425 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7426 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7429 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7431 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7433 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7435 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7436 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7437 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7439 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7440 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7441 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7443 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7444 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7445 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7447 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7448 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7449 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7451 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7452 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7453 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7454 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7455 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7457 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7459 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7461 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7462 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7463 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7464 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7466 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7467 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7469 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7472 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7474 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7475 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7476 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7477 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7479 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7480 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7482 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7483 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7486 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7487 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7488 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7489 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7490 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7491 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7492 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7493 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7495 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7496 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7498 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7500 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7501 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7502 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7504 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7506 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7507 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7508 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7510 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7512 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7513 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7515 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7516 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7518 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7520 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7521 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7522 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7523 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7524 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7526 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7528 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7529 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7530 final_write_processing. */
7532 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7533 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7535 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7536 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7537 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7539 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7541 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7542 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7543 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7546 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7547 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7548 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7549 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7550 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7555 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7556 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7557 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7558 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7559 the .scommon section. */
7562 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7563 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7565 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7567 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7570 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7572 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7578 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7579 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7582 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7583 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7584 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7585 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7588 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7589 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7591 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7596 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7597 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7598 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7599 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7600 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7601 is not done for them. */
7603 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7604 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7610 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7613 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7614 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7615 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7616 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7617 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7620 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7621 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7622 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7623 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7627 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7628 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7630 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7631 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7632 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7634 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7635 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7638 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7639 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7640 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7643 /* Initialize the section. */
7645 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7646 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7648 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7649 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7651 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7652 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7653 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7654 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7655 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7656 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7657 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7659 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7660 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7661 so I took it out. */
7662 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7665 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7666 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7668 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7669 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7671 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7672 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7673 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7675 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7676 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7679 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7680 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7681 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7684 /* Initialize the section. */
7686 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7687 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7689 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7690 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7692 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7693 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7694 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7695 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7696 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7697 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7698 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7700 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7701 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7702 so I took it out. */
7703 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7706 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7707 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7711 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7712 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7713 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7714 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7716 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7717 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7719 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7721 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7722 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7723 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7726 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7729 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7731 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7734 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7735 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7738 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7739 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7740 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7741 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7747 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7748 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7749 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7752 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7753 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7754 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7755 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7757 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7758 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7759 common in the output file. */
7760 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7761 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7762 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7764 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7765 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7770 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7772 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7775 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7778 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7780 register asection
*s
;
7781 const char * const *namep
;
7782 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7784 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7785 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7787 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7788 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7790 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7792 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7794 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7797 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7802 /* We need to create .got section. */
7803 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7806 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7809 /* Create .stub section. */
7810 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7811 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7814 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7815 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7819 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7820 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7821 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7823 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7824 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7826 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7827 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7831 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7832 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7833 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7834 the linker takes such action. */
7835 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7837 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7840 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7841 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7842 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7845 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7848 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7850 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7854 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7855 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7857 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7861 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7862 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7864 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7866 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7868 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7870 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7872 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7875 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7877 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7879 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7881 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7884 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7888 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7890 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7891 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7892 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7895 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7898 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7900 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7903 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7905 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7906 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7907 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7908 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7909 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7910 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7912 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7914 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7915 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7916 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7919 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7922 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7924 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7926 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7930 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7931 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7932 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7935 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7936 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7937 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7943 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7944 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7945 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7948 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7949 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7950 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7952 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7955 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7956 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7957 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7958 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7960 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7961 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7962 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7965 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7966 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7967 of the section that REL is against. */
7970 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7971 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7974 unsigned int r_type
;
7978 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7979 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7981 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7982 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7983 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7984 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7986 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7988 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7990 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7996 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7997 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7998 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7999 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8000 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8003 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8004 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8005 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8006 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8008 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8009 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8010 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8013 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8014 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8015 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8016 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8017 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8018 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8019 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8021 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8023 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8024 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8025 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8028 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8030 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8031 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8032 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8033 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8034 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8035 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8037 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8038 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8039 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8040 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8041 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8044 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8045 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8046 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8048 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8049 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8056 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8057 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8058 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8061 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8066 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8067 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8069 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8073 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8076 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8078 static struct plt_entry
*
8079 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8081 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8083 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8087 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8088 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8089 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8090 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8094 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8095 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8096 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8099 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8100 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8104 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8105 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8107 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8108 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8111 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8114 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8119 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8120 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8122 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8123 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8124 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8125 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8128 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8130 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8132 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8133 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8135 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8137 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8140 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8144 /* xgettext:c-format */
8145 (_("%pB: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8146 " stub section `%s'"),
8148 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8152 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8153 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8157 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8158 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8159 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8160 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8162 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8163 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8165 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8166 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8167 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8168 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8172 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8174 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8177 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8178 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8179 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8180 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8183 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8192 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8193 not need it. Since this function is called before
8194 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8195 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8197 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8201 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8203 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8205 unsigned long symcount
;
8209 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8210 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8212 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8213 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8214 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8217 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8220 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8221 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8223 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8224 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8225 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8226 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8232 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8233 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8235 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8236 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8237 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8239 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8241 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8242 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8243 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8244 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8245 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8246 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8248 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8252 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8254 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8257 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8259 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8260 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8263 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8266 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8270 /* xgettext:c-format */
8271 (_("%pB: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8272 " stub section `%s'"),
8274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8278 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8279 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8283 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8284 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8285 that refers to this symbol. */
8286 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8288 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8289 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8291 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8292 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8293 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8294 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8298 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8300 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8303 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8304 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8305 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8306 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8309 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8318 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8319 not need it. Since this function is called before
8320 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8321 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8323 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8327 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8329 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8331 unsigned long symcount
;
8335 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8336 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8338 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8339 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8340 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8343 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8346 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8347 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8349 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8350 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8351 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8352 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8356 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8357 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8359 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8361 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8362 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8364 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8366 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8367 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8368 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8369 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8370 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8373 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8377 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8379 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8385 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8387 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8388 unsigned int r_type
;
8389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8390 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8391 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8392 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8394 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8395 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8397 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8399 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8402 /* xgettext:c-format */
8403 (_("%pB: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8405 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8410 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8413 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8414 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8415 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8419 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8420 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8421 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8423 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8424 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8425 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8427 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8428 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8429 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8430 .debug* should have no effect. */
8431 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8436 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8437 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8438 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8442 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8446 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8447 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8450 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8451 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8453 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8454 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8455 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8456 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8457 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8458 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8459 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8460 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8466 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8468 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8469 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8471 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8474 /* xgettext:c-format */
8475 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8476 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8480 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8485 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8486 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8487 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8488 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8491 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8492 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8493 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8494 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8495 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8496 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8497 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8498 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8499 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8500 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8506 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8507 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8508 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8510 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8511 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8512 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8513 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8514 against a read-only section. */
8515 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8517 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8518 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8519 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8520 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8521 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8522 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8524 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8526 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8532 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8533 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8535 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8536 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8537 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8538 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8539 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8540 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8541 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8547 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8549 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8550 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8553 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8555 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8556 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8557 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8558 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8559 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8560 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8563 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8564 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8565 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8566 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8570 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8574 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8575 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8576 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8577 relocations against the text segment. */
8578 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8581 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8582 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8583 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8584 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8586 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8587 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8588 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8589 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8590 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8591 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8592 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8593 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8594 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8595 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8600 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8601 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8602 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8607 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8608 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8612 /* xgettext:c-format */
8613 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8614 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8615 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8620 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8621 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8622 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8626 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8627 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8628 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8629 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8633 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8634 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8635 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8641 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8642 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8643 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8645 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8646 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8647 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8648 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8649 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8650 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8652 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8653 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8654 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8656 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8658 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8660 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8661 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8663 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8664 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8667 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8670 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8671 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8678 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8680 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8681 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8682 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8683 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8687 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8688 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8691 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8692 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8693 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8698 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8699 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8700 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8701 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8702 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8705 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8706 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8707 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8708 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8710 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8716 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8717 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8718 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8719 for TLS GD relocations. */
8722 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8728 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8738 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8739 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8740 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8741 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8745 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8749 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8751 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8752 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8753 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8754 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8755 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8756 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8757 relocations against the text segment. */
8758 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8764 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8765 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8766 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8767 it will be left as zero.
8769 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8770 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8772 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8773 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8775 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8776 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8777 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8778 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8779 are relocations against the text segment. */
8780 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8784 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8785 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8786 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8790 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8791 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8792 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8793 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8794 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8795 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8796 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8797 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8798 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8799 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8802 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8803 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8804 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8805 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8809 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8810 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8811 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8812 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8814 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8822 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8823 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8824 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8825 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8826 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8827 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8830 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8831 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8832 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8833 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8835 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8836 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8837 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8840 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8841 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8843 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8846 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8847 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8848 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8849 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8851 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8852 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8854 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8856 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8857 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8860 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8861 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8862 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8863 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8864 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8865 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8872 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8873 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8874 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8875 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8876 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8877 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8878 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8881 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8882 and has a special meaning. */
8883 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8884 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8887 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8888 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8895 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8896 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8898 /* xgettext:c-format */
8899 (_("%pB: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used"
8900 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8902 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8914 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8917 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8925 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8927 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8928 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8930 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8931 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8932 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8935 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8936 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8937 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8940 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8941 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8942 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8943 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8944 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8945 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8946 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8947 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8949 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8951 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8953 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8954 non-default visibility. */
8955 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8956 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8959 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8961 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8963 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8970 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8971 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8972 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8973 relocations against it.
8975 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8976 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8978 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8980 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8981 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8982 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8985 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8986 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8987 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8988 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8989 against the text segment. */
8990 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8997 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8998 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8999 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9000 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9004 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9008 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9009 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9012 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9013 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9015 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9016 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9018 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9019 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9024 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9026 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9028 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9029 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9030 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9031 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9032 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9034 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9035 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9036 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9038 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9041 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9042 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9043 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9044 executable and the shared library. */
9045 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9047 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9048 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9052 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9053 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9055 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9056 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9057 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9058 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9059 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9060 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9061 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9062 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9063 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9064 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9065 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9066 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9067 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9069 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9070 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9072 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9073 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9074 for PLT offset calculations. */
9075 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9077 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9078 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9080 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9081 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9082 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9083 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9084 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9085 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9088 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9089 for the same reason as above. */
9090 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9091 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9094 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9096 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9098 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9099 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9101 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9102 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9103 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9104 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9106 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9107 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9108 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9109 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9110 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9111 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9112 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9114 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9115 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9116 else if (!micromips_p
)
9118 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9119 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9120 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9121 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9123 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9125 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9126 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9127 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9128 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9132 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9133 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9134 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9135 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9139 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9140 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9141 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9144 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9145 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9147 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9148 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9149 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9150 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9155 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9157 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9158 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9161 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9162 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9163 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9164 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9165 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9166 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9167 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9170 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9172 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9175 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9177 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9178 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9180 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9182 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9183 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9186 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9187 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9189 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9190 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9191 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9192 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9194 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9195 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9196 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9197 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9199 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9200 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9201 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9203 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9204 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9205 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9210 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9211 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9212 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9213 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9215 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9216 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9217 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9218 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9222 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9223 in regular objects. */
9227 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9228 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9229 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9232 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9233 some that we can't convert. */
9234 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9236 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9237 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9238 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9239 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9243 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9244 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9245 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9246 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9247 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9248 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9249 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9250 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9251 same memory location for the variable. */
9253 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9255 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9256 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9260 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9261 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9263 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9265 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9266 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9268 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9272 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9273 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9274 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9276 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9279 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9280 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9281 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9284 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9285 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9289 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9291 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9292 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9294 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9295 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9297 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9299 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9300 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9302 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9305 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9307 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9308 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9315 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9318 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9322 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9323 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9324 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9326 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9329 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9330 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9332 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9336 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9339 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9340 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9341 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9342 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9343 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9345 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9346 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9347 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9349 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9350 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9351 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9353 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9356 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9357 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9359 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9361 asection
*subsection
;
9363 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9365 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9367 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9369 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9370 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9374 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9375 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9376 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9377 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9380 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9381 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9382 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9384 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9386 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9387 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9389 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9390 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9392 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9393 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9394 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9396 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9397 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9399 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9401 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9406 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9407 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9408 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9409 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9410 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9411 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9413 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9414 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9417 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9418 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9421 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9422 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9424 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9425 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9426 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9428 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9430 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9436 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9439 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9441 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9442 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9447 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9450 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9451 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9452 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9454 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9455 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9456 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9458 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9459 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9461 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9462 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9463 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9464 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9465 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9466 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9467 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9468 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9469 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9470 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9471 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9472 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9473 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9475 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9476 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9477 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9479 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9482 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9483 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9484 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9487 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9489 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9491 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9495 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9496 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9497 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9499 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9501 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9502 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9503 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9505 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9506 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9507 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9508 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9513 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9514 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9515 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9516 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9517 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9522 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9523 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9526 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9528 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9529 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9530 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9531 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9533 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9537 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9538 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9540 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9543 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9545 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9547 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9550 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9551 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9552 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9554 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9555 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9556 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9559 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9566 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9567 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9568 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9569 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9572 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9574 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9575 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9576 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9584 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9586 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9587 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9588 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9590 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9591 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9594 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9600 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9601 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9604 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9605 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9607 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9610 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9611 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9612 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9618 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9621 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9622 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9625 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9626 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9629 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9630 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9631 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9632 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9634 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9636 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9637 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9639 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9640 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9642 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9644 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9647 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9648 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9649 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9650 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9651 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9652 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9654 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9655 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9657 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9658 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9659 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9661 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9662 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9663 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9664 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9668 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9669 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9670 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9672 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9673 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9674 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9675 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9676 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9677 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9678 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9679 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9680 else if (!micromips_p
)
9681 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9682 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9683 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9685 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9687 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9688 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9689 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9690 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9691 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9692 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9693 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9695 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9697 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9699 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9700 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9701 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9706 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9707 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9713 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9714 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9716 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9718 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9721 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9723 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9724 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9727 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9731 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9732 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9733 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9735 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9738 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9742 const char *outname
;
9745 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9746 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9747 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9748 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9749 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9751 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9753 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9755 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9756 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9757 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9760 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9761 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9762 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9765 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9766 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9767 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9768 will move them around between input sections'
9769 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9770 broken, so don't let it run. */
9771 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9774 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9775 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9776 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9778 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9779 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9780 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9782 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9783 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9784 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9785 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9787 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9788 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9789 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9790 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9791 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9794 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9795 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9796 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9797 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9798 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9799 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9801 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9807 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9811 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9814 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9815 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9816 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9823 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9825 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9826 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9827 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9828 the .dynamic section. */
9830 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9831 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9832 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9833 may only look at the first one they see. */
9834 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9835 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9838 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9839 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9842 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9843 used by the debugger. */
9844 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9845 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9846 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9849 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9850 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9852 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9854 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9857 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9858 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9859 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9860 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9861 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9864 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9867 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9868 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9870 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9871 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9872 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9874 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9877 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9880 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9886 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9888 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9891 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9894 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9898 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9901 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9904 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9907 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9910 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9913 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9916 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9919 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9920 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9923 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9924 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9925 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9926 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9929 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
9931 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9934 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9937 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9940 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9943 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9944 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9951 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9952 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9953 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9954 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9957 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9958 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9959 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9961 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9962 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9965 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9967 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9968 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9969 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9970 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9972 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9973 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9976 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9977 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9979 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9980 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9982 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9983 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9986 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9987 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9988 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9992 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9993 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9994 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9995 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9996 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9997 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9998 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9999 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10000 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10001 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10002 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10004 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10005 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10006 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10009 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10010 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10011 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10012 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10013 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10014 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10015 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10016 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10018 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10019 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10020 unsigned int r_type
;
10023 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10025 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10026 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10028 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10034 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10035 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10036 howto
, i
, contents
);
10041 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10044 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10045 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10046 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10047 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10048 asection
**local_sections
)
10050 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10051 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10052 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10053 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10055 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10056 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10060 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10061 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10062 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10064 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10065 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10067 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10071 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10073 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10074 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10076 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10077 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10079 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10080 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10081 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10083 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10088 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10091 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10092 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10093 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10094 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10095 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10096 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10099 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10101 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10104 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10106 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10107 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10108 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10112 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10114 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10115 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10116 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10117 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10118 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10119 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10120 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10122 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10124 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10125 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10128 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10130 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10131 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10132 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10133 RELA relocation. */
10134 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10137 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10138 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10140 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10141 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10142 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10145 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10146 contents
, &addend
))
10149 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10151 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10152 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10155 /* xgettext:c-format */
10156 (_("%pB: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10157 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10159 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10163 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10166 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10167 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10168 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10171 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10173 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10174 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10175 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10177 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10179 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10180 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10181 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10182 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10183 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10184 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10185 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10187 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10189 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10190 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10191 source of the addend in the final link. */
10192 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10194 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10195 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10196 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10197 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10198 but for endianness. */
10204 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10206 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10213 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10214 do two separate stores. */
10215 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10217 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10219 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10220 high_bits
= addend
;
10225 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10227 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10228 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10229 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10230 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10234 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10235 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10240 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10244 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10245 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10246 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10248 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10249 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10250 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10251 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10253 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10255 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10256 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10257 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10258 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10259 local_sections
, &value
,
10260 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10261 use_saved_addend_p
))
10263 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10264 /* There's nothing to do. */
10267 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10268 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10269 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10270 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10271 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10274 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10275 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10276 info
->callbacks
->warning
10277 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10280 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10281 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10282 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10283 a given location. */
10287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10289 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10290 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10291 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10292 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10293 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10294 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10296 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10297 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10299 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10300 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10302 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10303 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10304 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10311 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10313 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10314 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10315 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10316 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10317 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10318 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10319 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10320 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10321 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10322 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10323 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10324 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10325 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10326 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10329 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10330 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10333 /* Fall through. */
10340 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10341 until we reach the last one. */
10342 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10348 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10349 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10350 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10351 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10352 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10353 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10354 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10355 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10361 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10363 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10370 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10371 do two separate stores. */
10372 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10374 /* Undo what we did above. */
10375 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10376 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10378 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10384 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10386 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10387 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10389 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10393 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10394 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10395 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10396 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10403 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10404 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10407 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10409 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10411 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10414 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10416 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10417 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10418 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10419 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10421 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10422 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10426 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10435 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10436 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10438 /* Work out the target address. */
10439 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10440 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10442 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10443 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10445 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10447 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10448 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10449 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10451 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10453 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10454 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10456 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10457 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10462 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10463 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10468 /* This is trampoline. */
10470 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10472 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10473 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10474 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10475 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10476 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10477 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10478 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10482 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10483 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10484 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10485 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10491 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10492 adjust it appropriately now. */
10495 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10496 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10498 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10499 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10500 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10503 "__dso_displacement",
10505 "__program_header_table",
10509 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10517 const char* const *p
;
10520 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10521 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10524 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10526 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10528 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10529 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10531 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10533 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10535 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10541 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10542 dynamic sections here. */
10545 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10546 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10547 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10548 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10552 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10556 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10558 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10559 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10560 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10561 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10563 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10565 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10566 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10567 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10569 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10571 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10572 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10576 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10578 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10579 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10580 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10581 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10582 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10584 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10585 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10586 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10587 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10589 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10590 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10591 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10592 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10594 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10595 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10597 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10598 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10599 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10600 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10602 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10604 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10605 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10606 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10608 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10609 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10611 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10613 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10615 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10616 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10618 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10619 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10621 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10623 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10624 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10626 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10627 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10628 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10631 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10633 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10634 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10638 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10639 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10644 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10645 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10647 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10649 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10650 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10652 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10654 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10655 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10657 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10658 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10660 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10662 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10663 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10664 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10665 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10666 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10667 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10668 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10670 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10672 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10674 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10675 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10676 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10677 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10678 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10679 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10680 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10681 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10685 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10686 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10687 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10689 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10691 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10692 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10693 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10695 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10696 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10699 /* xgettext:c-format */
10700 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
10701 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10703 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10704 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
10705 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
10706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10709 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10710 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10711 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10712 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10713 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10714 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10715 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10719 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10720 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10721 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10722 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10724 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10725 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10726 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10727 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10728 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10729 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10730 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10738 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10740 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10741 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10742 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10743 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10744 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10745 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10746 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10749 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10750 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10751 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10753 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10755 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10757 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10759 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10761 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10762 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10764 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10767 /* Fill the stub. */
10771 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10776 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10777 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10782 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10785 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10787 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10790 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10796 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10806 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10807 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10808 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10809 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10810 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10812 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10813 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10814 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10817 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10818 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10825 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10829 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10831 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10835 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10838 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10839 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10840 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10841 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10843 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10844 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10847 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10851 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10852 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10855 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10856 only for the referenced symbol. */
10857 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10859 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10860 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10861 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10862 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10863 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10864 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10866 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10869 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10870 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10872 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10874 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10875 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10876 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10877 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10878 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10881 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10882 || h
->forced_local
);
10884 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
10885 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10886 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10888 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10889 the symbols that need them. */
10890 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10895 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10896 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10897 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10900 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10902 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10908 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10911 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10913 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10916 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10919 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10920 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
10921 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10922 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10924 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10925 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10927 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10928 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10929 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10930 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10931 appropriate addend. */
10932 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10934 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10935 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10936 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10938 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10939 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10942 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10943 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10944 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10948 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10949 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10954 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10955 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10956 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10957 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10958 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10959 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10960 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10962 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10963 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10966 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10968 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10969 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10970 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10972 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10974 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10975 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10977 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10978 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10980 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10982 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10984 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10985 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10986 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10987 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10989 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10991 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10992 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10993 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10994 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10998 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11004 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11007 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11008 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11009 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11010 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11011 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11012 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11015 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11016 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11017 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11019 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11020 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11021 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11023 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11024 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11026 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11028 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11029 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11035 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11038 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11039 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11040 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11041 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11045 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11047 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11049 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11050 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11051 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11052 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11054 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11057 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11058 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11059 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11060 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11061 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11063 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11064 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11066 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11067 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11068 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11069 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11071 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11072 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11073 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11076 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11077 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11078 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11079 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11081 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11082 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11083 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11085 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11086 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11087 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11089 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11090 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11091 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11092 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11094 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11095 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11097 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11099 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11105 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11107 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11108 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11109 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11112 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11117 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11118 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11120 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11121 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11123 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11124 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11125 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11126 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11127 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11129 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11130 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11131 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11132 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11133 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11134 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11136 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11137 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11139 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11140 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11143 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11144 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11145 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11146 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11147 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11149 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11151 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11152 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11155 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11157 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11158 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11159 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11161 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11162 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11165 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11169 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11170 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11171 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11173 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11174 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11175 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11176 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11177 + sgot
->output_offset
11179 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11180 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11181 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11184 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11187 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11191 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11193 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11194 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11195 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11196 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11198 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11199 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11201 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11202 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11203 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11204 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11207 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11208 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11209 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11214 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11217 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11220 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11221 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11222 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11224 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11225 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11227 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11228 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11229 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11230 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11231 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11232 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11233 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11234 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11236 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11238 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11239 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11240 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11241 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11242 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11244 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11245 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11246 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11247 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11249 /* Install the PLT header. */
11250 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11251 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11253 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11254 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11257 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11259 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11260 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11261 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11263 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11264 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11267 /* xgettext:c-format */
11268 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11269 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11271 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11272 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11273 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11277 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11278 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11279 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11280 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11281 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11283 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11287 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11288 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11289 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11290 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11291 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11292 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11293 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11294 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11311 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11312 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11315 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11317 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11319 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11320 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11321 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11323 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11324 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11326 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11328 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11329 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11330 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11331 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11333 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11334 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11336 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11337 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11338 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11340 /* Install the PLT header. */
11341 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11349 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11350 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11351 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11352 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11354 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11355 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11357 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11358 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11359 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11360 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11361 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11362 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11364 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11365 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11366 in which symbols were output. */
11367 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11369 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11371 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11372 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11373 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11374 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11376 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11377 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11378 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11379 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11381 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11382 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11383 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11384 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11388 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11391 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11396 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11397 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11399 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11400 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11401 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11402 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11405 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11408 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11409 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11414 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11417 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11418 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11420 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11422 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11424 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11425 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11427 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11430 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11432 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11433 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11435 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11436 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11438 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11439 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11440 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11442 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11446 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11448 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11449 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11451 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11457 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11461 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11462 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11466 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11468 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11472 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11473 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11476 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11477 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11478 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11481 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11482 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11485 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11486 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11489 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11493 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11497 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11499 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11502 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11504 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11507 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11508 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11509 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11510 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11513 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11514 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11517 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11518 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11519 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11520 referenced within the same object. */
11521 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11524 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11525 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11527 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11530 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11531 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11532 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11533 /* Fall through. */
11535 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11537 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11538 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11541 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11543 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11546 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11547 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11550 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11552 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11553 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11556 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11557 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11560 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11562 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11564 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11565 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11569 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11572 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11573 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11576 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11577 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11580 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11582 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11583 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11584 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11585 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11586 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11587 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11588 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11592 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11593 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11594 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11595 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11599 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11600 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11601 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11603 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11607 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11608 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11612 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11613 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11614 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11618 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11619 the dynamic tag. */
11620 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11622 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11623 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11628 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11629 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11630 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11631 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11633 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11637 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11638 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11639 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11644 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11645 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11646 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11650 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11655 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11656 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11657 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11660 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11661 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11663 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11665 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11666 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11667 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11668 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11669 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11670 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11671 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11673 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11674 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11675 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11677 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11681 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11682 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11683 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11684 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11685 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11686 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11689 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11690 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11693 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11694 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11696 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11697 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11699 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11700 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11702 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11704 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11705 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11707 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11708 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11709 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11711 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11713 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11716 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11718 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11719 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11722 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11723 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11724 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11725 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11726 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11727 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11729 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11734 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11735 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11738 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11741 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11743 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11745 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11746 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11747 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11749 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11752 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11753 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11755 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11761 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11762 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11763 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11764 are trailing null entries. */
11765 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11766 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11767 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11768 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11769 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11770 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11771 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11772 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11777 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11782 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11789 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11791 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11793 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11794 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11798 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11800 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11801 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11804 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11805 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11808 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11809 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11811 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11813 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11814 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11815 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11816 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11821 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11822 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11823 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11824 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11825 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11827 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11829 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11831 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11833 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11834 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11835 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11836 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11838 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11839 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11840 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11845 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11847 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11849 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11850 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11852 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11856 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11857 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11865 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11868 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11872 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11875 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11876 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11879 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11880 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11883 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11884 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11887 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11888 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11891 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11892 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11893 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11894 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11895 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11898 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11899 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11902 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11903 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11906 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11907 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11910 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11911 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11914 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11915 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11918 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11919 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11922 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11923 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11926 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11927 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11930 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11931 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11932 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11933 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11934 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11935 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11936 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11937 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11940 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11941 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11944 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11945 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11948 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11949 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11952 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11953 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11956 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11957 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11960 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11961 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11962 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11965 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11966 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11969 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11970 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11973 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11974 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11977 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11978 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11981 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11982 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11985 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11986 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11987 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11991 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
11992 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
11995 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11996 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11997 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11998 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12001 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12002 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12005 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12006 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12009 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12010 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12015 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12016 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12017 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12018 relocs to be sorted. */
12021 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12023 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12027 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12028 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12029 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12032 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12033 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12040 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12041 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12042 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12043 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12044 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12046 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12047 info for each special section. */
12048 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12049 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12052 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12054 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12055 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12056 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12058 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12061 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12062 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12063 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12064 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12065 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12066 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12067 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12068 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12071 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12072 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12073 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12074 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12075 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12076 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12077 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12078 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12079 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12082 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12083 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12085 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12086 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12088 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12091 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12092 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12093 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12094 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12095 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12096 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12097 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12100 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12101 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12103 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12105 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12106 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12113 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12117 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12118 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12123 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12124 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12125 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12128 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12129 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12132 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12133 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12134 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12135 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12138 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12139 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12140 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12141 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12144 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12145 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12146 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12147 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12153 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12156 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12157 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12160 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12163 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12165 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12166 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12168 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12169 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12174 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12178 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12180 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12182 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12183 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12185 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12186 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12194 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12196 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12197 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12199 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12200 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12205 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12209 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12211 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12213 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12214 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12216 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12217 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12225 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12226 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12227 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12229 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12230 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12231 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12232 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12234 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12236 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12237 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12242 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12244 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12246 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12247 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12250 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12252 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12253 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12254 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12255 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12256 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12257 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12258 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12259 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12260 *pm
= options_segment
;
12266 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12268 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12269 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12270 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12271 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12272 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12274 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12275 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12280 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12284 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12286 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12291 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12296 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12299 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12300 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12301 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12311 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12312 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12314 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12316 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12319 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12320 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12321 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12322 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12323 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12324 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12325 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12326 PT_LOAD segment. */
12327 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12330 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12332 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12334 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12338 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12340 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12342 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12344 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12345 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12352 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12353 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12358 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12359 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12361 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12364 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12365 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12372 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12374 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12376 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12378 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12387 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12388 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12390 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12391 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12392 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12393 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12394 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12396 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12397 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12398 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12399 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12400 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12403 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12404 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12406 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12407 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12409 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12410 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12414 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12418 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12426 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12430 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12432 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12433 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12434 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12436 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12439 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12441 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12442 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12446 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12449 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12452 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12453 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12457 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12459 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12463 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12466 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12468 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12469 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12471 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12479 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12480 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12481 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12482 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12485 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12489 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12491 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12493 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12494 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12495 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12496 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12497 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12498 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12500 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12503 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12504 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12505 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12506 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12507 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12508 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12510 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12511 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12513 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12515 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12516 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12518 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12520 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12521 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12523 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12525 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12526 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12528 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12529 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12530 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12531 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12532 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12533 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12536 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12539 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12540 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12543 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12544 unsigned char *tdata
;
12547 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12552 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12554 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12555 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12558 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12562 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12563 info
->keep_memory
);
12570 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12571 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12573 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12575 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12584 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12585 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12586 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12587 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12593 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12594 free (cookie
->rels
);
12600 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12602 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12608 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12609 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12610 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12612 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12615 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12618 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12622 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12623 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12625 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12627 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12630 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12633 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12634 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12638 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12639 from output by default for clarity. */
12642 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12644 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12647 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12648 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12650 struct mips_elf_find_line
12652 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12653 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12657 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12658 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12659 const char **filename_ptr
,
12660 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12661 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12662 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12666 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12667 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12668 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12669 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12670 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12671 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
12672 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12673 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12676 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
12677 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
12678 if ((functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
== NULL
)
12679 || (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
== NULL
))
12681 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
12682 if (functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
!= NULL
)
12683 functionname_ptr
= NULL
;
12685 if (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
!= NULL
)
12686 filename_ptr
= NULL
;
12688 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12689 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
);
12695 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12698 flagword origflags
;
12699 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12700 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12701 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12703 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12704 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12705 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12706 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12707 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12708 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12710 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12713 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12716 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12717 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12719 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12722 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12726 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12728 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12732 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12733 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12734 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12735 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12737 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12740 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12741 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12742 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12743 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12744 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12745 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12746 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12748 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12750 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12751 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12752 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12753 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12754 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12755 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12758 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12759 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12762 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12766 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12769 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12771 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12772 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12773 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12777 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12778 const char **filename_ptr
,
12779 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12780 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12783 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12784 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12785 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12790 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12791 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12792 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12795 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12796 const void *location
,
12797 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12799 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12803 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12805 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12806 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12807 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12810 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12813 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12816 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12819 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12822 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12826 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12827 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12830 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12832 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12833 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12835 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12838 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12839 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12840 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12843 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12844 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12847 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12850 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12851 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12854 /* read in the section */
12855 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12856 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12859 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12863 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12866 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12871 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12874 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12875 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12876 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12877 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12878 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12882 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12883 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12890 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12891 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12892 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12895 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12896 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12898 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12900 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12901 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12903 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12905 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12914 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12916 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12917 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12919 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12920 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12921 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12923 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12924 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12925 to the generic handling. */
12927 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12928 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12929 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12930 input_section
, relocatable
,
12933 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12935 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12940 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12942 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12943 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12947 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12951 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12952 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12953 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12954 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12956 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12957 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12958 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12959 (link_info
, error_message
,
12960 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12962 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12963 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12965 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12966 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12967 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12969 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12978 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12979 free (reloc_vector
);
12983 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12984 free (reloc_vector
);
12989 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12990 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12993 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12994 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12995 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12996 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12997 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12998 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12999 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13000 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13001 unsigned int symcount
;
13003 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13004 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13006 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13007 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13009 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13010 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13011 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13012 sec
->size
-= count
;
13014 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13015 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13017 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13018 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13019 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13022 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13023 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13025 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13026 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13027 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13028 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13029 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13030 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13032 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13033 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13034 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13035 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13036 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13038 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13040 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13042 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13043 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13044 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13046 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13048 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13049 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13051 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13059 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13060 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13062 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13063 unsigned long match
;
13064 unsigned long mask
;
13067 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13071 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13073 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13074 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13076 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13078 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13079 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13082 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13084 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13085 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13086 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13087 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13090 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13091 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13093 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13094 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13096 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13097 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13099 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13100 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13102 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13103 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13105 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13106 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13109 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13111 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13112 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13113 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13115 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13117 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13118 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13119 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13120 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13123 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13124 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13125 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13126 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13129 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13130 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13131 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13132 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13135 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13136 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13137 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13138 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13141 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13143 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13144 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13147 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13149 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13150 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13152 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13153 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13155 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13156 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13158 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13159 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13161 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13162 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13164 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13166 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13167 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13169 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13170 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13172 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13173 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13174 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13175 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13178 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13180 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13181 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13183 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13184 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13185 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13189 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13191 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13192 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13194 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13195 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13197 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13198 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13200 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13202 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13204 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13205 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13207 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13208 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13209 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13210 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13214 /* LUI instruction. */
13216 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13217 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13220 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13222 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13223 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13225 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13226 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13228 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13229 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13232 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13234 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13235 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13236 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13237 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13239 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13240 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13242 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13243 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13244 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13245 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13248 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13249 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13252 /* NOP instructions. */
13254 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13255 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13257 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13258 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13261 /* Instruction match support. */
13263 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13266 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13268 unsigned long indx
;
13270 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13271 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13278 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13280 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13281 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13282 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13283 the second half of another instruction. */
13286 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13288 unsigned long opcode
;
13291 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13292 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13293 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13295 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13296 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13297 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13300 /* No delay slot. */
13306 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13307 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13308 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13309 the second half of another instruction. */
13312 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13314 unsigned long opcode
;
13317 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13318 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13319 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13321 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13322 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13325 /* No delay slot. */
13331 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13332 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13335 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13337 unsigned long opcode
;
13339 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13340 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13342 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13344 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13345 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13346 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13348 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13354 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13355 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13358 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13360 unsigned long opcode
;
13362 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13363 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13365 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13366 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13367 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13369 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13370 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13371 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13372 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13373 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13374 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13375 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13376 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13382 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13383 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13384 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13387 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13388 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13389 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13391 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13392 unsigned long opcode
;
13394 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13395 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13398 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13399 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13400 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13406 /* Bitsize checking. */
13407 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13408 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13409 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13413 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13414 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13415 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13417 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13418 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13419 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13420 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13421 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13422 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13424 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13427 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13428 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13431 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13432 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13433 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13434 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13437 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13439 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13440 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13441 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13442 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13443 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13446 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13447 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13448 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13450 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13451 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13452 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13453 unsigned long opcode
;
13459 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13460 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13464 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13466 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13467 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13468 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13471 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13472 if (contents
== NULL
)
13474 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13475 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13476 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13477 /* Go get them off disk. */
13478 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13481 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13483 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13484 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13486 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13487 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13488 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13489 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13491 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13495 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13496 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13498 /* A local symbol. */
13499 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13502 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13503 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13504 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13505 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13506 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13507 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13508 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13510 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13511 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13512 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13513 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13514 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13518 unsigned long indx
;
13519 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13521 /* An external symbol. */
13522 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13523 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13524 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13526 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13527 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13528 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13529 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13530 regular reloc processing. */
13533 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13534 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13535 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13536 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13537 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13541 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13542 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13543 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13544 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13545 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13546 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13547 the linker is run. */
13549 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13550 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13553 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13555 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13556 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13558 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13561 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13562 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13563 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13565 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13567 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13568 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13569 out the offset). */
13570 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13572 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13573 unsigned long nextopc
;
13577 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13579 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13580 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13581 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13584 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13585 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13586 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13587 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13590 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13591 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13592 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13593 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13596 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13597 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13598 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13599 it through if so. */
13600 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13601 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13602 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13603 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13604 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13605 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13607 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13609 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13612 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13614 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13615 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13616 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13617 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13618 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13619 switch (offset
- 4)
13624 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13628 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13635 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13637 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13639 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13642 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13643 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13644 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13646 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13647 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13649 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13650 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13652 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13653 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13654 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13655 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13656 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13657 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13660 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13661 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13662 the PC-relative distance. */
13663 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13664 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13665 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13666 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13667 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13669 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13670 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13672 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13673 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13674 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13676 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13677 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13680 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13684 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13685 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13687 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13692 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13693 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13694 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13695 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13696 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13697 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13698 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13699 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13701 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13702 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13703 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13704 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13706 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13710 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13712 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13713 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13714 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13715 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13717 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13719 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13720 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13724 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13725 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13727 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13728 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13729 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13731 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13732 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13734 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13737 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13740 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13745 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13746 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13748 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13749 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13750 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13751 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13752 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13753 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13757 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13759 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13760 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13762 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13764 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13765 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13766 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13769 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13774 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13776 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13777 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13778 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13779 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13781 unsigned long n32opc
;
13782 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13784 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13786 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13788 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13789 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13793 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13795 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13797 (move_insn_16
.match
13798 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13799 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13804 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13805 instructions will be handled here later. */
13809 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13810 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13811 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13813 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13821 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13822 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13823 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13824 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13826 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13827 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13828 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13831 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13832 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13837 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13838 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13840 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13844 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13845 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13849 if (contents
!= NULL
13850 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13852 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13856 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13857 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13861 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13862 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13863 free (internal_relocs
);
13868 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13869 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13871 if (contents
!= NULL
13872 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13874 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13875 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13876 free (internal_relocs
);
13881 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13883 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13884 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13887 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13889 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13893 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13894 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13895 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13901 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13902 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13904 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13907 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13909 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13910 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13912 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13914 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13917 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13919 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13920 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13921 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13926 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13927 and copy relocs. */
13930 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13932 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13935 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13936 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
13937 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
13940 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
13941 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
13943 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
13944 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
13947 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13949 struct mips_mach_extension
13951 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13955 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13956 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13958 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13960 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13961 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
13962 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13963 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13964 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13965 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13967 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13968 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13969 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13970 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13972 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13973 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13975 /* R10000 extensions. */
13976 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13977 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13978 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13980 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13981 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13982 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13983 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13984 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13985 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13986 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13988 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13989 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13990 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13991 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13992 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13993 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13995 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13996 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13997 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13999 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14000 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14001 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14002 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14003 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14004 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14005 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14006 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14007 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14008 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14010 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14011 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14013 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14014 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14016 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14017 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14019 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14020 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14021 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14022 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14024 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14025 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14026 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14029 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14032 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14036 if (extension
== base
)
14039 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14040 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14043 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14044 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14047 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14048 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14050 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14051 if (extension
== base
)
14058 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14060 static unsigned long
14061 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14065 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14066 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14067 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14068 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14069 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14070 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14071 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14072 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14073 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14074 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14075 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14076 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14077 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14078 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14079 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14080 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14081 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14082 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14083 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14087 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14090 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14092 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14094 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14095 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14096 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14097 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14098 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14099 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14100 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14101 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14102 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14103 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14104 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14105 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14106 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14107 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14108 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14109 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14110 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14111 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14112 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14113 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14114 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14119 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14120 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14122 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14123 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14124 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14126 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14129 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14132 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14134 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14135 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14136 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14137 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14138 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14139 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14140 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14141 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14142 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14143 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14144 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14147 /* xgettext:c-format */
14148 (_("%pB: Unknown architecture %s"),
14149 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14152 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14154 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14155 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14158 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14159 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14160 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14161 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14164 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14167 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14169 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14170 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14171 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14172 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14173 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14174 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14175 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14176 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14179 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14182 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14184 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14186 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14187 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14189 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14190 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14192 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14194 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14196 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14197 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14199 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14200 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14201 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14202 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14203 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14204 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14205 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14206 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14207 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14209 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14211 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14212 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14213 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14214 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14215 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14216 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14218 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14219 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14220 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14221 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14222 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14223 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14226 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14227 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14228 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14231 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14234 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14235 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14236 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14237 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14238 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14239 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14240 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14241 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14242 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14243 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14248 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14250 static const char * const secname
[] =
14252 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14253 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14255 static const int sc
[] =
14257 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14258 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14261 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14262 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14264 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14266 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14269 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14271 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14273 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14277 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14278 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14280 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14282 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14283 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14284 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14285 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14286 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14287 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14288 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14289 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14290 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14291 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14292 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14293 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14295 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14297 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14299 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14300 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14302 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14305 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14306 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14310 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14311 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14312 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14316 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14318 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14319 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14321 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14322 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14323 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14325 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14327 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14328 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14329 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14330 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14332 asection
*input_section
;
14334 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14336 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14341 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14343 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14344 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14345 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14348 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14349 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14351 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14352 matters, but someday it might). */
14353 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14358 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14360 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14362 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14363 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14364 the information together. */
14365 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14367 asection
*input_section
;
14369 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14372 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14374 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14379 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14380 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14382 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14383 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14386 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14388 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14389 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14390 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14391 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14392 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14394 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14395 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14396 finally written out. */
14398 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14399 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14400 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14403 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14404 if (o
->size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
14407 (_("%pB: .reginfo section size should be %ld bytes, "
14408 "actual size is %" PRId64
),
14409 abfd
, (unsigned long) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
14410 (int64_t) o
->size
);
14415 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14416 matters, but someday it might). */
14417 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14422 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14424 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14427 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14428 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14429 the information together. */
14430 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14431 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14432 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14433 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14434 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14435 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14436 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14437 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14438 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14439 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14440 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14441 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14442 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14444 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14446 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14447 debug_info structure. */
14449 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14450 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14451 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14452 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14453 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14455 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14456 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14457 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14458 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14460 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14461 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14465 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14469 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14470 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14471 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14472 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14474 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14476 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14477 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14480 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14481 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14484 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14485 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14486 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14490 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14492 asection
*input_section
;
14494 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14495 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14499 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14501 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14506 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14507 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14509 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14511 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14512 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14513 want to deal with it. */
14517 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14518 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14520 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14522 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14523 read in the debugging information and set up an
14524 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14525 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14529 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14530 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14531 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14534 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14535 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14536 the linker global hash table and save the information
14537 for the output external symbols. */
14538 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14539 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14540 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14541 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14543 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14544 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14548 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14550 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14551 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14552 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14553 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14556 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14557 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14558 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14559 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14564 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14565 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14566 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14572 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14573 free (input_debug
.line
);
14574 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14575 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14576 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14577 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14578 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14579 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14580 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14581 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14582 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14583 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14585 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14586 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14587 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14590 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14592 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14593 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14594 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14596 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14597 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14599 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14602 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14603 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14607 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14613 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14616 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14618 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14619 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14620 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14624 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14625 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14627 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14628 matters, but someday it might). */
14629 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14634 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14636 const char *subname
;
14639 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14642 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14643 information describing how the small data area would
14644 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14645 not used in executables files. */
14646 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14648 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14650 asection
*input_section
;
14652 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14654 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14659 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14661 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14662 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14663 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14666 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14667 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14668 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14670 /* Really remove the section. */
14671 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14672 --abfd
->section_count
;
14677 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14678 uninitialized data. */
14679 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14680 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14681 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14686 /* xgettext:c-format */
14687 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
14688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14692 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14693 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14694 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14695 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14696 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14697 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14698 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14700 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14701 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14703 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14704 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14705 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14708 /* Set up the first entry. */
14710 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14711 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14714 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14715 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14717 /* Combine the input sections. */
14718 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14720 asection
*input_section
;
14722 bfd_size_type size
;
14723 unsigned long last
;
14724 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14726 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14728 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14733 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14734 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14736 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14737 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14738 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14739 size
= input_section
->size
;
14741 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14743 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14745 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14746 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14752 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14753 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14754 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14760 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14762 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14763 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14766 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14768 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14769 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14771 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14777 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14780 /* We need a new table entry. */
14781 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14782 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14783 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14789 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14790 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14792 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14793 value, since that will be implied by this new
14796 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14798 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14800 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14801 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14805 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14806 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14811 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14814 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14815 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14816 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14819 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14821 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14823 /* Swap out the table. */
14824 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14825 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14826 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14832 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14833 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14836 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14837 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14839 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14840 matters, but someday it might). */
14841 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14845 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14846 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14849 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14851 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14853 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14854 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14856 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14858 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14859 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14861 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14862 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14864 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14865 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14869 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14871 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14873 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14874 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14878 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14880 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14881 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14883 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14886 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14889 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14891 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14892 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14893 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14897 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14899 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14900 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14901 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14905 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14907 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14908 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14910 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14911 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14912 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14920 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14921 if there are conflicting settings. */
14924 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14926 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
14927 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14928 flagword old_flags
;
14929 flagword new_flags
;
14932 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14933 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14934 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14936 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14938 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14939 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14941 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14942 doesn't seem to matter. */
14943 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14944 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14946 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14947 just be able to ignore this. */
14948 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14949 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14951 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14952 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14953 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14955 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14960 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14961 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14964 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14969 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14970 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14971 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14972 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14974 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14975 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14977 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14978 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14981 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14985 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14987 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14988 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14990 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14991 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14992 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14993 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14994 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14995 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14996 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14998 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
14999 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15001 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15002 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15003 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15004 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15005 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15006 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15010 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15012 /* xgettext:c-format */
15013 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15015 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15016 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15021 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15022 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15024 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15025 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15026 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15027 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15028 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15030 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15031 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15032 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15033 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15036 /* xgettext:c-format */
15037 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15039 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15040 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15043 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15044 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15047 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15048 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15049 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15051 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15052 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15053 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15054 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15055 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15056 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15058 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15061 /* xgettext:c-format */
15062 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15064 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15065 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15069 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15071 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15072 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15075 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15076 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15078 /* xgettext:c-format */
15079 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15081 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15082 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15083 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15084 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15086 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15087 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15090 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15091 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15093 /* xgettext:c-format */
15094 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15096 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15097 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15098 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15099 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15101 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15102 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15105 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15106 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15108 /* xgettext:c-format */
15110 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15112 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15119 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15120 there are conflicting attributes. */
15122 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15124 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15125 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15126 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15130 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15131 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15132 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15133 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15135 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15137 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15138 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15140 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15142 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15143 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15145 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15147 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15152 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15153 non-conflicting ones. */
15154 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15155 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15159 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15160 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15161 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15162 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15163 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15164 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15165 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15166 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15167 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15169 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15170 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15172 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15173 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15174 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15175 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15176 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15177 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15178 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15180 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15181 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15183 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15184 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15185 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15186 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15188 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15190 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15191 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15192 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15193 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15194 /* xgettext:c-format */
15196 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15197 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15198 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15199 else if (!out_string
)
15201 /* xgettext:c-format */
15202 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15203 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15204 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15205 else if (!in_string
)
15207 /* xgettext:c-format */
15208 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15209 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15210 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15213 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15214 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15215 really relevant to the error message. */
15216 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15217 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15218 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15219 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15221 /* xgettext:c-format */
15222 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15223 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15228 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15229 non-conflicting ones. */
15230 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15232 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15233 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15234 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15235 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15236 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15238 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15240 /* xgettext:c-format */
15241 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15242 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15243 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15244 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15248 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15250 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15252 /* xgettext:c-format */
15253 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15254 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15255 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15256 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15261 /* xgettext:c-format */
15262 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15263 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15264 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15265 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15271 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15272 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15275 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15276 there are conflicting settings. */
15279 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15281 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15282 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15283 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15285 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15286 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15288 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15289 /* Merge abiflags. */
15290 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15291 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15292 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15293 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15294 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15295 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15296 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15297 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15298 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15299 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15301 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15302 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15307 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15308 object file when linking. */
15311 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15313 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15314 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15315 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15316 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15320 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15321 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15324 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15329 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15332 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15333 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15335 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15338 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15343 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15344 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15345 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15346 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15348 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15349 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15350 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15351 not affect compatibility. */
15352 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15353 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15354 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15356 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15357 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15358 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15360 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15364 if (null_input_bfd
)
15367 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15368 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15370 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15371 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15372 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15374 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15376 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15377 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15379 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15380 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15382 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15383 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15384 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15385 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15387 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15388 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15390 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15391 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15392 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15393 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15395 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15396 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15397 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15399 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15400 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15401 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15403 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15404 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15406 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15407 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15408 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15410 (_("%pB: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15411 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15412 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15416 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15417 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15420 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15422 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15423 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15424 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15427 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15429 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15430 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15431 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15432 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15434 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15435 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15436 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15437 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15439 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15440 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15443 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15444 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15450 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15452 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15454 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15458 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15465 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15468 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15470 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15471 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15473 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15474 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15479 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15483 default: return "";
15484 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15485 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15486 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15487 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15488 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15489 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15490 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15491 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15492 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15493 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15494 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15495 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15497 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15498 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15499 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15500 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15501 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15502 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15503 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15504 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15505 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15506 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15507 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15508 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15509 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15510 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15511 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15512 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15513 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15514 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15515 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15516 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15517 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15518 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15519 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15520 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15521 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15522 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15523 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15524 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15525 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15526 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15527 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15528 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15529 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15530 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15531 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15532 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15533 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15534 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15535 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15536 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15537 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15538 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15539 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15540 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15541 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15542 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15543 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15544 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15545 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15546 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15547 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15548 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15549 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15550 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15551 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15552 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15553 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15554 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15555 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15556 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15557 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15558 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15559 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15560 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15561 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15562 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15563 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15564 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15565 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15566 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15567 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15568 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15569 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15570 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15571 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15572 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15573 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15574 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15575 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15579 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15583 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15587 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15589 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15590 return "-mdouble-float";
15592 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15593 return "-msingle-float";
15595 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15596 return "-msoft-float";
15598 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15599 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15601 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15604 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15605 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15607 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15608 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15616 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15618 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15619 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15620 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15621 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15622 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15623 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15624 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15625 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15626 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15627 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15628 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15629 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15630 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15631 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15632 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15633 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15634 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15635 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15636 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15637 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15638 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15639 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15640 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15641 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15642 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15643 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15644 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15645 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15646 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
15647 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
15649 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15650 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15651 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15655 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15660 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15663 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15665 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15666 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15668 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15669 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15671 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15672 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15674 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15675 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15677 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15678 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15681 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15684 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15687 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15690 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15693 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15695 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15696 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15699 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15702 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15705 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15708 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15711 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15713 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15714 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15716 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15717 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15719 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
15720 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
15723 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15729 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15733 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15734 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15736 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15737 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15739 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15740 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15742 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15743 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15745 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15746 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15748 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15749 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15751 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15752 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15754 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15755 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15758 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15764 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15766 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15767 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15768 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15769 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15774 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15778 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15780 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15781 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15783 /* xgettext:c-format */
15784 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15786 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15787 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15788 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15789 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15790 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15791 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15792 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15793 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15794 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15795 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15796 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15797 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15798 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15799 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15801 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15803 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15804 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15805 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15806 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15807 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15808 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15809 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15810 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15811 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15812 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15813 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15814 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15815 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15816 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15817 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15818 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15819 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15820 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15821 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15822 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15823 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15824 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15826 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15828 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15829 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15831 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15832 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15834 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15835 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15837 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15838 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15840 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15841 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15843 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15844 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15846 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15848 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15849 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15851 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15852 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15854 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15855 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15857 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15858 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15860 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15861 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15863 fputc ('\n', file
);
15865 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15867 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15868 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15869 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15870 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15871 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15872 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15873 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15874 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15875 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15876 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15877 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15878 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15879 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15880 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15881 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15882 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15883 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15884 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15885 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15886 fputc ('\n', file
);
15892 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15894 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15895 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15896 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15898 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15899 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15900 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15903 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15904 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15905 definiton of the symbol. */
15907 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15908 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15909 bfd_boolean definition
,
15910 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15912 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15914 unsigned char other
;
15916 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15917 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15918 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15922 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15923 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15926 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15927 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15929 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15931 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15935 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15937 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15938 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15939 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15942 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15943 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15946 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15947 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15950 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15951 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15954 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15955 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15956 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15957 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15958 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15959 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15960 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15961 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15964 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15965 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15966 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15967 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15970 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15971 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15972 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15973 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15975 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15976 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15977 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15979 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15980 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15981 unsigned int other
;
15982 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16001 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16004 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16005 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16008 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16009 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16012 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16016 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16017 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16019 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16021 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16022 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16023 PLT slots per relocation. */
16024 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16025 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16026 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16027 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16028 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16029 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16030 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16032 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16033 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16035 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16038 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16041 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16044 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16046 names
= (char *) send
;
16047 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16050 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16051 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16055 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16056 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16058 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16062 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16063 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16067 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16072 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16076 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16077 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16078 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16082 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16083 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16084 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16086 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16087 const char *suffix
;
16092 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16094 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16095 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16099 /* Truncated table??? */
16100 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16102 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16103 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16104 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16105 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16106 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16108 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16109 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16113 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16114 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16115 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16117 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16118 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16119 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16120 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16121 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16122 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16124 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16125 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16127 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16128 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16129 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16130 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16131 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16132 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16133 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16134 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16135 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16137 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16140 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16141 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16142 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16143 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16144 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16145 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16146 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16147 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16150 /* Truncated table??? */
16151 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16155 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16156 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16163 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16164 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16165 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16166 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16167 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16168 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16170 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16172 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16174 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16175 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16176 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16179 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16181 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16182 names
+= suffixlen
;
16185 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16194 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16196 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16197 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16199 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16201 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16205 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16207 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16208 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16210 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16213 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16214 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16216 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16217 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16220 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16222 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16223 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16224 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16228 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16230 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16233 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16236 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16238 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;